]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/iw.git/blob - nl80211.h
158bccb4a47b9774df36f6bd83baed5591032292
[thirdparty/iw.git] / nl80211.h
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30 /*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60 /**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86 /**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123 /**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156 /**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
198 *
199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
202 */
203
204 /**
205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
206 *
207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
222 *
223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
225 * up a connection or after roaming.
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
232 *
233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
240 */
241
242 /**
243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
244 *
245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
249 */
250
251 /**
252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
260 * that main netdev.
261 *
262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
265 */
266
267 /**
268 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
269 *
270 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
271 *
272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
273 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
276 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
277 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
278 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
279 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
280 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
281 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
282 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
283 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
284 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
285 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
286 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
288 *
289 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
290 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
291 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
292 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
294 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
295 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
297 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
298 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
300 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
301 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
302 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
303 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
304 *
305 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
306 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
308 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
310 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
311 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
313 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
314 *
315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
316 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
317 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
318 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
319 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
321 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
322 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
323 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
326 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
327 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
328 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
329 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
330 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
331 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
333 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
334 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
335 *
336 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
337 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
338 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
339 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
340 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
341 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
342 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
343 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
344 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
346 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
347 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
348 * frame).
349 *
350 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
351 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
352 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
354 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
356 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
361 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
362 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
363 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
364 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
366 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
369 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
370 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
371 * global regdomain will be returned.
372 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
373 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
374 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
375 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
376 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
377 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
378 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
379 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
380 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
381 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
382 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
383 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
384 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
385 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
386 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
387 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
388 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
389 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
390 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
391 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
392 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
393 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
394 *
395 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
396 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
397 *
398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
400 *
401 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
402 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
403 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
404 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
405 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
406 * added to all specified management frames generated by
407 * kernel/firmware/driver.
408 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
409 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
410 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
411 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
412 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
413 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
414 *
415 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
416 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
418 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
419 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
420 * be used.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
422 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
423 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
424 * partial scan results may be available
425 *
426 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
427 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
429 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
430 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
431 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
432 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
433 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
434 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
435 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
436 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
437 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
438 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
439 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
440 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
441 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
442 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
443 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
444 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
445 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
446 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
447 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
448 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
449 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
450 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
451 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
452 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
453 * results available.
454 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
455 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
456 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
457 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
458 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
459 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
460 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
461 *
462 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
463 * or noise level
464 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
465 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
466 *
467 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
468 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
469 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
470 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
471 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
472 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
473 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
474 * ESS.
475 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
476 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
478 * authentication.
479 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
480 *
481 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
482 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
483 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
484 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
485 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
486 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
487 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
488 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
489 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
490 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
491 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
492 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
493 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
494 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
495 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
496 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
497 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
498 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
499 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
500 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
501 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
502 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
503 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
504 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
505 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
506 * the beacon hint was processed.
507 *
508 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
509 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
510 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
511 * authentication process.
512 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
513 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
514 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
515 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
516 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
517 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
518 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
519 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
520 * to be added to the frame.
521 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
522 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
523 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
524 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
525 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
526 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
527 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
528 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
529 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
530 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
531 * pending authentication timed out).
532 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
533 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
534 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
535 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
536 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
537 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
538 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
539 * included).
540 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
541 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
542 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
543 * primitives).
544 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
545 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
546 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
547 *
548 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
549 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
550 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
551 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
552 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
553 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
554 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
555 *
556 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
557 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
558 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
559 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
560 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
561 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
562 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
563 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
564 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
565 * determined by the network interface.
566 *
567 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
568 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
569 * to the driver.
570 *
571 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
572 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
573 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
574 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
575 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
576 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
577 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
578 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
579 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
580 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
581 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
582 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
583 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
584 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
585 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
586 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
587 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
588 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
589 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
590 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
591 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
592 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
593 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
594 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
595 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
596 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
597 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
598 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
599 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
600 * a different BSS is desired.
601 * Background scan period can optionally be
602 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
603 * if not specified default background scan configuration
604 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
605 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
606 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
607 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
608 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
609 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
610 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
611 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
612 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
613 * well to remain backwards compatible.
614 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
615 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
616 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
617 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
618 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
619 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
620 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
621 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
622 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
623 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
624 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
625 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
626 *
627 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
628 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
629 *
630 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
631 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
632 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
633 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
634 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
635 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
636 * frequency for the operation.
637 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
638 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
639 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
640 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
641 * radio).
642 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
643 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
644 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
645 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
646 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
647 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
648 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
649 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
650 * uniquely identify the request.
651 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
652 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
653 *
654 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
655 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
656 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
657 *
658 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
659 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
660 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
661 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
662 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
663 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
664 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
665 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
666 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
667 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
668 * backward compatibility
669 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
670 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
671 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
672 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
673 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
674 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
675 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
676 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
677 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
678 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
679 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
680 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
681 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
682 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
683 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
684 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
685 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
686 * is used during CSA period.
687 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
688 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
689 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
690 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
691 * wait time.
692 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
693 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
694 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
695 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
696 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
697 * the frame.
698 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
699 * backward compatibility.
700 *
701 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
702 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
703 *
704 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
705 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
706 * levels.
707 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
708 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
709 * reached.
710 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
711 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
712 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
713 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
714 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
715 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
716 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
717 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
718 * precedence when they are used.
719 *
720 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
721 *
722 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
723 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
724 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
725 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
726 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
727 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
728 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
729 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
730 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
731 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
732 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
733 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
734 * command, the feature is disabled.
735 *
736 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
737 * mesh config parameters may be given.
738 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
739 * network is determined by the network interface.
740 *
741 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
742 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
743 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
744 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
745 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
746 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
747 *
748 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
749 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
750 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
751 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
752 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
753 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
754 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
755 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
756 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
757 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
758 * depending on the authentication result.
759 *
760 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
761 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
762 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
763 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
764 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
765 * more background information, see
766 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
767 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
768 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
769 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
770 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
771 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
772 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
773 *
774 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
775 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
776 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
777 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
778 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
779 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
780 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
781 *
782 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
783 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
784 *
785 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
786 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
787 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
788 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
789 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
790 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
791 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
792 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
793 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
794 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
795 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
796 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
797 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
798 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
799 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
800 *
801 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
802 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
803 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
804 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
805 * is received.
806 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
807 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
808 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
809 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
810 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
811 *
812 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
813 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
814 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
815 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
816 *
817 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
818 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
819 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
820 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
821 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
822 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
823 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
824 *
825 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
826 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
827 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
828 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
829 *
830 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
831 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
832 *
833 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
834 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
835 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
836 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
837 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
838 * from the remote AP) is completed;
839 *
840 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
841 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
842 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
843 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
844 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
845 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
846 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
847 * interfaces to change channel as well.
848 *
849 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
850 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
851 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
852 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
853 * public action frame TX.
854 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
855 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
856 *
857 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
858 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
859 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
860 * is used for this.
861 *
862 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
863 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
864 *
865 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
866 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
867 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
868 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
869 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
870 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
871 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
872 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
873 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
874 *
875 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
876 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
877 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
878 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
879 * while operating on this channel.
880 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
881 * event.
882 *
883 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
884 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
885 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
886 *
887 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
888 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
891 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
892 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
893 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
894 *
895 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
896 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
897 * complete.
898 *
899 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
900 * return back to normal.
901 *
902 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
903 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
904 *
905 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
906 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
907 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
908 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
909 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
910 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
911 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
912 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
913 * switch is complete.
914 *
915 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
916 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
917 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
918 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
919 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
920 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
921 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
922 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
923 *
924 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
925 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
926 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
927 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
928 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
929 *
930 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
931 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
932 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
933 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
934 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
935 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
936 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
937 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
938 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
939 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
940 * fail even if the check was successful.
941 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
942 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
943 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
944 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
945 *
946 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
947 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
948 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
949 *
950 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
951 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
952 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
953 * network is determined by the network interface.
954 *
955 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
956 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
957 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
958 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
959 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
960 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
961 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
962 * AP.
963 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
964 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
965 * when this command completes.
966 *
967 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
968 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
969 * management.
970 *
971 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
972 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
973 * cfg80211_scan_done().
974 *
975 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
976 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
977 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
978 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
979 * cluster. This command must have a valid
980 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
981 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
982 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
983 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
984 * added.
985 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
986 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
987 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
988 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
989 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
990 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
991 * of the function upon success.
992 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
993 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
994 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
995 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
996 * which just terminated.
997 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
998 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
999 * the response to this command.
1000 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1001 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1002 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1003 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1004 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1005 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1006 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1007 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1008 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1009 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1010 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1011 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1012 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1013 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1014 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1016 *
1017 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1018 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1019 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1020 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1021 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1022 *
1023 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1024 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1025 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1026 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1027 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1028 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1030 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1031 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
1032 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
1033 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
1034 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1035 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
1036 *
1037 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1038 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1039 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1040 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1041 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1042 * 802.11 headers. An optional %NL80211_ATTR_SRC_MAC can be used to send
1043 * pre-auth frames to STAs on behalf of other APs.
1044 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1045 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1046 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1047 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1048 * %NL80211_ATTR_DST_MAC can be used to forward pre-auth frames in
1049 * userspace while using AP mode.
1050 *
1051 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1052 *
1053 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1054 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1055 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1056 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1057 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1058 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1059 *
1060 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1061 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1062 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1063 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1064 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1065 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1066 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1067 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1068 * command interface.
1069 *
1070 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1071 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1072 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1073 *
1074 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1075 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1076 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1077 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1078 *
1079 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1080 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1081 *
1082 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1083 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1084 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1085 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1087 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1088 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1089 * the netlink extended ack message.
1090 *
1091 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1092 *
1093 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1094 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1095 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1096 * buffer size.
1097 *
1098 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1099 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1100 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1101 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1102 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1103 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1104 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1105 *
1106 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1107 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1108 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1109 * determining the width and type.
1110 *
1111 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1112 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1113 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1114 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1115 *
1116 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1117 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1118 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1119 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1120 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1121 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1122 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1123 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1124 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1125 * rate selection.
1126 *
1127 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1128 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1129 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1130 *
1131 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1132 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1133 */
1134 enum nl80211_commands {
1135 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1136 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1137
1138 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1139 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1140 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1141 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1142
1143 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1144 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1145 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1146 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1147
1148 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1149 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1150 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1151 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1152
1153 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1154 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1155 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1156 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1157 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1158 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1159
1160 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1161 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1162 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1163 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1164
1165 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1166 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1167 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1168 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1169
1170 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1171
1172 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1173 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1174
1175 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1176 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1177
1178 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1179
1180 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1181
1182 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1183 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1184 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1185 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1186
1187 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1188
1189 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1190 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1191 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1192 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1193
1194 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1195
1196 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1197
1198 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1199 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1200
1201 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1202
1203 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1204 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1205 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1206
1207 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1208
1209 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1210 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1211
1212 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1213 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1214 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1215
1216 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1217 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1218
1219 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1220
1221 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1222 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1223 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1224 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1225 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1226 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1227
1228 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1229 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1230
1231 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1232 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1233
1234 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1235 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1236
1237 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1238
1239 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1240 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1241
1242 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1243 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1244
1245 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1246
1247 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1248 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1249
1250 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1251 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1252 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1253 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1254
1255 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1256
1257 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1258
1259 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1260 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1261
1262 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1263
1264 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1265
1266 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1267
1268 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1269
1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1271
1272 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1273
1274 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1275 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1276
1277 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1278
1279 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1280
1281 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1282
1283 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1284
1285 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1286
1287 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1288 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1289
1290 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1291 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1292
1293 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1294 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1295
1296 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1297
1298 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1299
1300 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1301
1302 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1303 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1304
1305 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1306
1307 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1308 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1309
1310 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1311
1312 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1313 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1314
1315 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1316
1317 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1318
1319 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1320 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1321 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1322 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1323 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1324 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1325
1326 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1327
1328 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1329
1330 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1331 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1332
1333 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1334
1335 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1336
1337 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1338
1339 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1340
1341 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1342
1343 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1344
1345 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1346 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1347 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1348
1349 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1350
1351 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1352
1353 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1354
1355 /* add new commands above here */
1356
1357 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1358 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1359 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1360 };
1361
1362 /*
1363 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1364 * here
1365 */
1366 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1367 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1368 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1369 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1370 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1371 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1372 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1373 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1374
1375 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1376
1377 /* source-level API compatibility */
1378 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1379 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1380 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1381
1382 /**
1383 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1384 *
1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1386 *
1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1388 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1392 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1393 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1394 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1395 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1397 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1398 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1400 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1402 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1404 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1405 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1406 * this attribute)
1407 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1408 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1409 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1410 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1412 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1413 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1415 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1416 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1418 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1419 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1421 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1422 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1424 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1425 *
1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1429 *
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1431 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1432 *
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1434 *
1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1436 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1437 * keys
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1440 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1442 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1445 * default management key
1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1447 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1449 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1450 *
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1458 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1460 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1462 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1463 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1465 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1467 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1468 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1469 *
1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1471 * consisting of a nested array.
1472 *
1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1475 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1478 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1479 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1480 *
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1482 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1483 *
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1485 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1486 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1487 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1488 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1489 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1490 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1491 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1492 * to a specific alpha2.
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1494 * rules.
1495 *
1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1498 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1500 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1502 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1503 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1504 *
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1506 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1507 *
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1509 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1510 * of the interface mode.
1511 *
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1513 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1514 *
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1516 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1517 *
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1519 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1521 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1523 * that can be added to a scan request
1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1525 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1527 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1528 *
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1531 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1533 *
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1535 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1537 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1538 *
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1540 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1541 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1542 *
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1544 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1545 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1548 * represented as a u32
1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1550 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1551 *
1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1553 * a u32
1554 *
1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1556 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1557 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1558 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1559 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1561 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1562 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1563 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1564 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1565 *
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1567 * cipher suites
1568 *
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1570 * for other networks on different channels
1571 *
1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1573 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1574 *
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1576 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1577 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1578 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1579 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1580 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1581 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1582 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1583 *
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1585 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1586 *
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1588 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1589 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1590 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1591 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1592 * default in station mode.
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1594 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1595 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1596 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1597 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1598 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1600 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1601 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1603 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1604 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1605 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1606 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1607 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1608 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1609 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1610 * flag.
1611 *
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1613 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1614 *
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1616 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1617 * a local disconnect request.
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1619 * event (u16)
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1621 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1622 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1623 *
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1625 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1626 * (an array of u32).
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1628 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1629 * u32).
1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1631 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1632 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1634 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1635 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1636 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1637 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1638 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1639 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1640 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1641 *
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1643 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1645 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1646 *
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1648 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1649 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1650 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1651 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1652 *
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1654 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1656 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1657 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1658 *
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1660 *
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1662 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1663 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1664 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1665 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1666 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1667 * completely from scratch.
1668 *
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1670 *
1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1672 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1673 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1674 *
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1677 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1678 *
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1681 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1682 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1683 *
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1685 *
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1687 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1688 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1689 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1690 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1691 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1692 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1693 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1694 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1695 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1696 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1697 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1698 *
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1700 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1702 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1704 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1705 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1706 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1708 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1709 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1710 *
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1712 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1715 *
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1717 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1718 *
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1720 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1721 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1722 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1723 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1724 *
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1726 * connected to this BSS.
1727 *
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1729 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1731 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1732 * for non-automatic settings.
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1735 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1736 *
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1738 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1739 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1740 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1741 *
1742 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1743 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1744 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1745 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1746 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1747 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1748 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1749 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1750 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1751 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1752 *
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1754 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1755 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1756 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1757 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1758 *
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1760 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1761 *
1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1763 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1764 *
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1766 *
1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1768 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1769 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1770 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1771 * nl80211 capability flag.
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1774 *
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1776 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1777 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1780 * changed once the mesh is active.
1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1782 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1784 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1785 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1787 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1788 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1789 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1790 *
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1792 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1794 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1795 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1796 * triggers.
1797 *
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1799 * cycles, in msecs.
1800 *
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1802 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1803 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1804 * pass-thru filter rules.
1805 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1806 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1807 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1808 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1809 * able to ignore them by itself.
1810 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1811 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1812 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1813 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1814 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1815 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1816 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1817 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1818 *
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1820 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1821 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1823 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1824 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1825 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1828 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1829 *
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1831 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1832 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1833 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1834 *
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1836 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1837 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1838 *
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1840 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1841 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1842 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1844 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1845 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1846 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1847 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1848 *
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1850 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1852 * as AP.
1853 *
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1855 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1858 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1859 *
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1861 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1862 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1863 * applications use this attribute.
1864 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1865 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1866 *
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1868 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1869 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1871 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1873 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1875 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1877 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1878 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1879 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1880 *
1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1882 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1883 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1884 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1887 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1888 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1889 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1890 *
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1892 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1894 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1895 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1896 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1897 *
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1899 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1900 * to be filled by the FW.
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1902 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1904 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1905 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1906 * The values that may be configured are:
1907 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1908 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1909 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1910 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1911 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1912 *
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1914 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1915 * to one DFS region.
1916 *
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1918 * up to 16 TIDs.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1921 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1922 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1923 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1924 * capability to timeout the stations.
1925 *
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1927 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1928 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1929 *
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1931 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1932 *
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1934 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1935 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1936 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1937 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1938 *
1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1940 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1941 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1942 *
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1944 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1945 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1946 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1947 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1948 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1949 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1950 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1951 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1952 * consistent.
1953 *
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1955 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1956 *
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1958 *
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1960 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1962 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1963 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1964 * no change is made.
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1967 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1968 *
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1970 * carried in a u32 attribute
1971 *
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1973 * MAC ACL.
1974 *
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1976 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1977 * ACL.
1978 *
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1980 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1983 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1984 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1986 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1987 *
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1989 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1990 *
1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1992 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1993 * and PU-APSD.
1994 *
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1996 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1997 *
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1999 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2000 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2001 *
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2005 * Element
2006 *
2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2008 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2010 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2011 *
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2013 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2014 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2015 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2016 *
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2018 *
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2020 * until the channel switch event.
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2022 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2023 * operation).
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2025 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2027 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2029 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2030 *
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2032 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2033 *
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2035 *
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2037 * supported operating classes.
2038 *
2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2040 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2041 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2042 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2043 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2044 * IBSS network.
2045 *
2046 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2047 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2049 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2050 *
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2052 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2053 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2054 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2055 * u8 attribute.
2056 *
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2058 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2061 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2063 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2064 *
2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2066 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2067 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2071 *
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2073 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2074 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2075 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2076 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2077 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2078 *
2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2080 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2082 * supported number of csa counters.
2083 *
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2085 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2086 *
2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2088 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2089 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2090 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2091 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2092 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2093 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2094 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2095 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2096 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2097 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2098 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2099 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2100 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2101 * multicast group.
2102 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2103 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2104 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2105 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2106 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2107 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2108 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2109 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2112 * the TDLS link initiator.
2113 *
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2115 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2116 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2117 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2118 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2119 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2120 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2121 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2122 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2123 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2124 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2125 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2126 *
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2128 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2129 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2130 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2131 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2132 *
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2136 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2137 *
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2139 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2140 *
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2142 *
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2144 *
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2146 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2147 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2148 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2149 *
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2151 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2152 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2153 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2154 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2155 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2156 *
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2158 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2159 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2160 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2161 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2162 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2163 * over all channels.
2164 *
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2166 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2167 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2168 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2169
2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2171 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2172 *
2173 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2174 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2176 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2178 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2180 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2181 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2182 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2183 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2184 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2186 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2187 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2188 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2189 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2190 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2191 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2192 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2193 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2194 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2195 *
2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2197 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2198 *
2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2200 *
2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2202 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2203 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2204 * interface type.
2205 *
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2207 * groupID for monitor mode.
2208 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2209 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2210 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2211 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2212 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2213 * each group.
2214 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2215 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2216 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2217 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2218 * groupID data.
2219 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2221 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2222 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2223 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2224 *
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2226 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2227 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2228 * attribute must not be included).
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2230 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2232 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2233 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2234 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2235 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2237 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2238 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2239 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2240 *
2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2242 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2243 *
2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2245 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2246 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2247 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2248 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2250 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2251 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2252 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2253 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2254 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2255 * the device will decide what to use.
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2257 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2258 * attribute.
2259 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2260 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2262 * protection.
2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2264 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2265 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2266 *
2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2268 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2269 *
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2271 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2272 *
2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2274 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2275 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2276 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2277 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2278 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2279 * unnecessary wakeups.
2280 *
2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2282 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2283 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2284 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2285 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2286 *
2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2288 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2289 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2290 *
2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2292 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2293 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2294 *
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2296 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2297 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2298 *
2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2300 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2301 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2302 *
2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2304 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2305 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2306 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2307 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2308 *
2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2310 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2311 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2312 *
2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2314 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2315 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2316 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2317 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2318 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2319 *
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2321 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2323 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2324 *
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2326 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2327 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2330 *
2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2332 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2333 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2334 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2336 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2337 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2338 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2339 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2340 *
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2342 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2343 *
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2345 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2347 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2349 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2350 * enforced.
2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2352 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2354 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2355 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2356 *
2357 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2358 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2359 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2360 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2361 *
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2363 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2364 *
2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2366 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2367 * invalid value.
2368 *
2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2370 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2371 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2372 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2373 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2374 *
2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2376 * scheduler.
2377 *
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2379 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2380 * possible values.
2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2382 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2383 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2384 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2385 * or per-station.
2386 *
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2388 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2389 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2390 *
2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2392 *
2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2394 * functionality.
2395 *
2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2397 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2398 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2400 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2401 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2402 *
2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2404 * (u16).
2405 *
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2407 *
2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2409 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2410 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2411 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2412 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2413 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2414 *
2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_SRC_MAC: MAC address used in control port over nl80211 transmit
2416 * @NL80211_ATTR_DST_MAC: MAC address used in control port over nl80211 receive
2417 *
2418 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2420 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2421 */
2422 enum nl80211_attrs {
2423 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2424 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2425
2426 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2427 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2428
2429 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2431 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2432
2433 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2434
2435 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2436 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2437 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2438 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2439 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2440
2441 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2442 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2443 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2444 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2445
2446 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2447 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2448 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2449 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2450 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2451 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2452
2453 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2454
2455 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2456
2457 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2458 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2459 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2460 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2461
2462 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2463 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2464 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2465
2466 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2467
2468 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2469
2470 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2471 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2472
2473 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2474
2475 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2476
2477 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2478 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2479 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2480
2481 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2482
2483 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2484 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2485
2486 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2487
2488 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2489 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2490 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2491 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2492
2493 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2494 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2495
2496 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2497
2498 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2499 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2500 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2501 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2502
2503 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2504
2505 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2506 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2507
2508 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2509 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2510
2511 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2512
2513
2514 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2515 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2516 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2517 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2518
2519 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2520
2521 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2522
2523 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2524
2525 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2526
2527 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2528
2529 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2530
2531 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2533
2534 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2536 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2537 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2538
2539 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2540 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2541
2542 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2543
2544 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2546
2547 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2548
2549 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2550
2551 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2552
2553 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2554 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2555
2556 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2557
2558 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2559
2560 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2561
2562 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2563
2564 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2565
2566 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2567
2568 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2569
2570 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2571
2572 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2573
2574 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2575
2576 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2577 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2578
2579 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2581 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2582
2583 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2584 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2585
2586 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2587
2588 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2589 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2590
2591 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2592
2593 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2594
2595 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2596
2597 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2598
2599 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2600
2601 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2602
2603 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2604 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2605
2606 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2607 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2608
2609 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2610 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2611
2612 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2613
2614 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2616
2617 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2618
2619 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2620 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2621
2622 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2623
2624 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2625
2626 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2627 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2628
2629 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2630 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2631
2632 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2633
2634 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2636
2637 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2638
2639 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2640
2641 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2642 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2643 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2644 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2645 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2646
2647 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2648
2649 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2650
2651 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2652
2653 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2654
2655 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2656
2657 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2658
2659 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2660 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2661
2662 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2663
2664 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2665
2666 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2667
2668 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2669
2670 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2671
2672 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2673
2674 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2675
2676 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2677
2678 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2679
2680 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2681
2682 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2684 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2685
2686 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2687 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2688
2689 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2690
2691 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2692
2693 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2694
2695 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2696
2697 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2698
2699 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2700 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2701
2702 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2703 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2704
2705 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2706 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2707
2708 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2709 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2710
2711 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2712 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2713
2714 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2715 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2716
2717 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2718
2719 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2720
2721 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2722 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2723 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2724 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2725 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2726
2727 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2728
2729 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2730
2731 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2732
2733 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2734
2735 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2736 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2737
2738 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2739
2740 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2741 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2742 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2743 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2744
2745 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2746
2747 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2748 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2749
2750 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2751
2752 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2753
2754 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2755
2756 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2757 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2758
2759 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2760
2761 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2762
2763 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2764
2765 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2767 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2768
2769 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2770
2771 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2772
2773 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2774
2775 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2776
2777 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2778
2779 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2780
2781 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2782
2783 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2784
2785 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2786
2787 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2788 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2790 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2791
2792 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2793
2794 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2795
2796 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2797
2798 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2799
2800 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2801
2802 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2803 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2804
2805 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2806 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2808 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2809
2810 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2811
2812 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2813 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2814 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2816
2817 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2818 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2819
2820 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2821
2822 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2823
2824 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2825 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2826
2827 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2828
2829 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2830 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2831 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2832 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2833 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2834
2835 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2836
2837 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2839
2840 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2841 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2842 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2843
2844 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2845 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2846
2847 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2848 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2849
2850 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2851
2852 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2853 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2854 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2855 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2856
2857 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2858
2859 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2860
2861 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2862
2863 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2864
2865 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2866
2867 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2868 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2869 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2870
2871 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2872
2873 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2874
2875 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2876
2877 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2878 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2879
2880 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
2881
2882 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
2883
2884 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
2885
2886 NL80211_ATTR_SRC_MAC,
2887 NL80211_ATTR_DST_MAC,
2888
2889 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2890
2891 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2892 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2893 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2894 };
2895
2896 /* source-level API compatibility */
2897 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2898 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2899 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2900 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2901
2902 /*
2903 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2904 * here
2905 */
2906 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2907 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2908 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2909 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2910 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2911 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2912 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2913 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2914 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2915 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2916 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2917 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2918 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2919 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2920 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2921 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2922 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2923 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2924 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2925 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2926 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2927
2928 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2929
2930 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2931 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2932 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
2933 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2934 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2935 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2936 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2937 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2938 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
2939 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
2940 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2941 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2942
2943 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2944
2945 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2946 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2947
2948 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2949
2950 /**
2951 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2952 *
2953 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2954 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2955 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2956 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2957 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2958 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2959 * AP type interface.
2960 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2961 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2962 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2963 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2964 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2965 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2966 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2967 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2968 * commands to create and destroy one
2969 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2970 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2971 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2972 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2973 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2974 *
2975 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2976 * to set the type of an interface.
2977 *
2978 */
2979 enum nl80211_iftype {
2980 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2981 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2982 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2983 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2984 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2985 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2986 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2987 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2988 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2989 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2990 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2991 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2992 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2993
2994 /* keep last */
2995 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2996 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2997 };
2998
2999 /**
3000 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3001 *
3002 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3003 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3004 *
3005 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3006 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3007 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3008 * with short barker preamble
3009 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3010 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3011 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3012 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3013 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3014 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3015 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3016 * as errors.)
3017 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3018 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3019 * previously added station into associated state
3020 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3021 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3022 */
3023 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3024 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3025 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3026 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3027 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3028 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3029 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3030 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3031 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3032
3033 /* keep last */
3034 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3035 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3036 };
3037
3038 /**
3039 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3040 *
3041 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3042 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3043 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3044 */
3045 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3046 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3047 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3048
3049 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3050 };
3051
3052 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3053
3054 /**
3055 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3056 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3057 * @set: which values to set them to
3058 *
3059 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3060 */
3061 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3062 __u32 mask;
3063 __u32 set;
3064 } __attribute__((packed));
3065
3066 /**
3067 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3069 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3070 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3071 */
3072 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3073 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3074 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3075 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3076 };
3077
3078 /**
3079 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3080 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3082 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3084 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3085 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3086 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3087 */
3088 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3089 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3090 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3091 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3092 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3093 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3094 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3095 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3096 };
3097
3098 /**
3099 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3100 *
3101 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3102 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3103 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3104 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3105 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3106 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3107 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3108 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3109 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3110 *
3111 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3112 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3113 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3114 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3115 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3116 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3117 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3118 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3119 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3120 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3121 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3122 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3123 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3124 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3125 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3126 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3127 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3128 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3129 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3130 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3131 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3132 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3133 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3134 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3135 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3136 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3137 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3138 */
3139 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3140 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3141 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3142 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3143 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3144 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3145 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3146 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3147 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3148 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3149 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3150 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3151 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3152 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3153 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3154 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3155 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3156 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3157 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3158
3159 /* keep last */
3160 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3161 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3162 };
3163
3164 /**
3165 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3166 *
3167 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3168 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3169 *
3170 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3171 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3172 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3173 * (flag)
3174 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3175 * (flag)
3176 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3177 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3178 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3179 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3180 */
3181 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3182 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3183 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3184 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3185 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3186 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3187 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3188
3189 /* keep last */
3190 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3191 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3192 };
3193
3194 /**
3195 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3196 *
3197 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3198 * when getting information about a station.
3199 *
3200 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3201 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3202 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3203 * (u32, from this station)
3204 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3205 * (u32, to this station)
3206 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3207 * (u64, from this station)
3208 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3209 * (u64, to this station)
3210 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3211 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3212 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3214 * (u32, from this station)
3215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3216 * (u32, to this station)
3217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3218 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3219 * (u32, to this station)
3220 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3221 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3222 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3223 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3224 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3225 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3226 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3227 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3228 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3229 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3230 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3231 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3232 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3233 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3234 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3235 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3236 * non-peer STA
3237 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3238 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3239 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3240 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3241 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3242 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3243 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3244 * (u64)
3245 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3246 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3247 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3248 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3249 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3250 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3251 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3252 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3253 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3254 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3255 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3256 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3257 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3258 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3259 * (u32, from this station)
3260 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3261 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3262 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3263 * might not be fully accurate.
3264 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3265 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3266 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3267 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3268 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3269 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3270 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3271 * of STA's association
3272 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3273 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3274 */
3275 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3276 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3277 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3278 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3279 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3280 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3281 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3282 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3283 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3284 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3285 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3286 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3287 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3288 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3289 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3290 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3291 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3292 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3293 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3294 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3295 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3296 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3297 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3298 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3299 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3300 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3301 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3302 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3303 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3304 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3305 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3306 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3307 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3308 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3309 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3310 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3311 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3312 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3313 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3314 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3315 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3316 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3317 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3318 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3319
3320 /* keep last */
3321 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3322 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3323 };
3324
3325 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3326 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3327
3328
3329 /**
3330 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3331 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3332 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3333 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3334 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3335 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3336 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3337 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3338 * MSDUs (u64)
3339 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3340 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3341 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3342 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3343 */
3344 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3345 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3346 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3347 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3348 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3349 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3350 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3351 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3352
3353 /* keep last */
3354 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3355 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3356 };
3357
3358 /**
3359 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3360 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3361 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3362 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3363 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3364 * backlogged
3365 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3366 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3367 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3368 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3369 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3370 * (only for per-phy stats)
3371 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3372 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3373 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3374 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3375 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3376 */
3377 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3378 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3379 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3380 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3381 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3382 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3383 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3384 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3385 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3386 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3387 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3388 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3389 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3390
3391 /* keep last */
3392 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3393 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3394 };
3395
3396 /**
3397 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3398 *
3399 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3400 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3401 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3402 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3403 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3404 */
3405 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3406 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3407 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3408 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3409 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3410 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3411 };
3412
3413 /**
3414 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3415 *
3416 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3417 * information about a mesh path.
3418 *
3419 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3420 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3421 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3422 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3423 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3424 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3425 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3426 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3427 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3428 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3429 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3430 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3431 * currently defined
3432 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3433 */
3434 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3435 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3436 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3437 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3438 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3439 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3440 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3441 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3442 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3443 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3444 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3445
3446 /* keep last */
3447 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3448 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3449 };
3450
3451 /**
3452 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3453 *
3454 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3455 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3456 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3457 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3458 * capabilities IE
3459 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3460 * capabilities IE
3461 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3462 * capabilities IE
3463 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3464 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3465 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3466 * defined
3467 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3468 */
3469 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3470 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3471
3472 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3473 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3474 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3475 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3476 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3477
3478 /* keep last */
3479 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3480 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3481 };
3482
3483 /**
3484 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3485 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3486 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3487 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3488 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3489 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3490 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3491 * defined in 802.11n
3492 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3493 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3494 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3495 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3496 * defined in 802.11ac
3497 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3498 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3499 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3500 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3501 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3502 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3503 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3504 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3505 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3506 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3507 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3508 */
3509 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3510 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3511 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3512 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3513
3514 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3515 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3516 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3517 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3518
3519 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3520 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3521 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3522
3523 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3524 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3525
3526 /* keep last */
3527 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3528 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3529 };
3530
3531 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3532
3533 /**
3534 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3535 *
3536 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3537 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3538 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3539 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3540 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3541 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3542 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3543 */
3544 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3545 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3546 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3547 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3548 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3549 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3550
3551 /* keep last */
3552 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3553 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3554 };
3555
3556 /**
3557 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3558 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3559 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3560 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3561 * regulatory domain.
3562 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3563 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3564 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3565 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3566 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3567 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3568 * (100 * dBm).
3569 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3570 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3571 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3572 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3573 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3574 * channel as the control channel
3575 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3576 * channel as the control channel
3577 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3578 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3579 * this includes 80+80 channels
3580 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3581 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3582 * isn't possible
3583 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3584 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3585 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3586 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3587 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3588 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3589 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3590 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3591 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3592 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3593 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3594 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3595 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3596 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3597 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3598 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3599 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3600 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3601 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3602 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3603 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3604 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3605 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3606 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3607 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3608 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3609 * in current regulatory domain.
3610 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3611 * currently defined
3612 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3613 *
3614 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3615 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3616 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3617 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3618 */
3619 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3620 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3621 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3622 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3623 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3624 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3625 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3626 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3627 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3628 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3629 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3630 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3631 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3632 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3633 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3634 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3635 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3636 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3637 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3638 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3639 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3640
3641 /* keep last */
3642 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3643 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3644 };
3645
3646 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3647 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3648 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3649 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3650 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3651 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3652
3653 /**
3654 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3655 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3656 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3657 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3658 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3659 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3660 * currently defined
3661 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3662 */
3663 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3664 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3665 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3666 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3667
3668 /* keep last */
3669 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3670 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3671 };
3672
3673 /**
3674 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3675 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3676 * regulatory domain.
3677 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3678 * regulatory domain.
3679 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3680 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3681 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3682 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3683 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3684 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3685 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3686 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3687 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3688 */
3689 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3690 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3691 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3692 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3693 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3694 };
3695
3696 /**
3697 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3698 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3699 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3700 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3701 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3702 * domain.
3703 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3704 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3705 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3706 * them to be applied.
3707 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3708 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3709 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3710 * domain request to be processed.
3711 */
3712 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3713 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3714 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3715 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3716 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3717 };
3718
3719 /**
3720 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3721 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3722 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3723 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3724 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3725 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3726 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3727 * band edge.
3728 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3729 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3730 * band edge.
3731 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3732 * frequency range, in KHz.
3733 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3734 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3735 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3736 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3737 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3738 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3739 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3740 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3741 * currently defined
3742 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3743 */
3744 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3745 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3746 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3747
3748 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3749 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3750 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3751
3752 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3753 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3754
3755 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3756
3757 /* keep last */
3758 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3759 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3760 };
3761
3762 /**
3763 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3764 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3765 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3766 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3767 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3768 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3769 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3770 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3771 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3772 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3773 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3774 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3775 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3776 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3777 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3778 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3779 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3780 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3781 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3782 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3783 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3784 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3785 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3786 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3787 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3788 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3789 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3790 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3791 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3792 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3793 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3794 * attribute number currently defined
3795 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3796 */
3797 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3798 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3799
3800 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3801 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3802 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3803 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3804 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3805 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3806
3807 /* keep last */
3808 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3809 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3810 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3811 };
3812
3813 /* only for backward compatibility */
3814 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3815
3816 /**
3817 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3818 *
3819 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3820 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3821 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3822 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3823 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3824 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3825 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3826 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3827 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3828 * beaconing.
3829 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3830 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3831 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3832 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3833 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3834 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3835 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3836 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3837 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
3838 */
3839 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3840 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3841 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3842 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3843 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3844 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3845 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3846 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3847 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3848 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3849 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3850 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3851 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3852 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3853 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3854 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3855 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
3856 };
3857
3858 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3859 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3860 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3861 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3862 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3863 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3864
3865 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3866 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3867
3868 /**
3869 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3870 *
3871 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3872 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3873 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3874 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3875 */
3876 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3877 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3878 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3879 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3880 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3881 };
3882
3883 /**
3884 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3885 *
3886 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3887 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3888 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3889 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3890 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3891 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3892 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3893 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3894 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3895 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3896 * supported feature.
3897 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3898 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3899 */
3900 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3901 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3902 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3903 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3904 };
3905
3906 /**
3907 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3908 *
3909 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3910 * when getting information about a survey.
3911 *
3912 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3913 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3914 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3915 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3916 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3917 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3918 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3919 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3920 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3921 * channel was sensed busy
3922 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3923 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3924 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3925 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3926 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3927 * (on this channel or globally)
3928 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3929 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3930 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
3931 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3932 * currently defined
3933 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3934 */
3935 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3936 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3937 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3938 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3939 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3940 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3941 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3942 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3943 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3944 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3945 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3946 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3947 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
3948
3949 /* keep last */
3950 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3951 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3952 };
3953
3954 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3955 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3956 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3957 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3958 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3959 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3960
3961 /**
3962 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3963 *
3964 * Monitor configuration flags.
3965 *
3966 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3967 *
3968 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3969 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3970 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3971 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3972 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3973 * overrides all other flags.
3974 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3975 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3976 *
3977 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3978 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3979 */
3980 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3981 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3982 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3983 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3984 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3985 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3986 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3987 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3988
3989 /* keep last */
3990 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3991 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3992 };
3993
3994 /**
3995 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3996 *
3997 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3998 * not known or has not been set yet.
3999 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4000 * in Awake state all the time.
4001 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4002 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4003 * neighbor's beacons.
4004 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4005 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4006 * for neighbor's beacons.
4007 *
4008 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4009 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4010 */
4011
4012 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4013 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4014 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4015 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4016 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4017
4018 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4019 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4020 };
4021
4022 /**
4023 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4024 *
4025 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4026 * active.
4027 *
4028 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4029 *
4030 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4031 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4032 *
4033 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4034 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4035 *
4036 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4037 * millisecond units
4038 *
4039 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4040 * on this mesh interface
4041 *
4042 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4043 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4044 * mesh
4045 *
4046 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4047 * point.
4048 *
4049 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4050 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4051 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4052 * set.
4053 *
4054 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4055 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4056 * target)
4057 *
4058 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4059 * (in milliseconds)
4060 *
4061 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4062 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4063 *
4064 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4065 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4066 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4067 *
4068 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4069 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4070 * reference element
4071 *
4072 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4073 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4074 * mesh
4075 *
4076 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4077 *
4078 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4079 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4080 *
4081 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4082 * root announcements are transmitted.
4083 *
4084 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4085 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4086 * Announcement frames.
4087 *
4088 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4089 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4090 * PERR element.
4091 *
4092 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4093 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4094 *
4095 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4096 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4097 * a peer link.
4098 *
4099 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4100 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4101 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4102 *
4103 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4104 *
4105 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4106 *
4107 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4108 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4109 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4110 *
4111 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4112 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4113 *
4114 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4115 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4116 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4117 *
4118 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4119 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4120 *
4121 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4122 *
4123 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4124 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4125 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4126 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4127 *
4128 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4129 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4130 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4131 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4132 *
4133 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4134 */
4135 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4136 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4137 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4138 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4139 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4140 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4141 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4142 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4143 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4144 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4145 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4146 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4147 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4148 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4149 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4150 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4151 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4152 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4153 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4154 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4155 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4156 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4157 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4158 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4159 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4160 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4161 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4162 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4163 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4164 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4165 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4166
4167 /* keep last */
4168 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4169 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4170 };
4171
4172 /**
4173 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4174 *
4175 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4176 * changed while the mesh is active.
4177 *
4178 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4179 *
4180 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4181 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4182 * default HWMP.
4183 *
4184 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4185 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4186 * metric.
4187 *
4188 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4189 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4190 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4191 * metrics in use.
4192 *
4193 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4194 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4195 *
4196 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4197 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4198 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4199 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4200 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4201 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4202 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4203 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4204 * userspace daemon.
4205 *
4206 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4207 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4208 * neighbor offset synchronization
4209 *
4210 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4211 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4212 *
4213 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4214 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4215 * Default is no authentication method required.
4216 *
4217 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4218 *
4219 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4220 */
4221 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4222 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4223 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4224 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4225 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4226 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4227 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4228 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4229 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4230 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4231
4232 /* keep last */
4233 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4234 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4235 };
4236
4237 /**
4238 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4239 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4240 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4241 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4242 * disabled
4243 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4244 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4245 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4246 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4247 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4248 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4249 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4250 */
4251 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4252 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4253 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4254 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4255 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4256 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4257 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4258
4259 /* keep last */
4260 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4261 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4262 };
4263
4264 enum nl80211_ac {
4265 NL80211_AC_VO,
4266 NL80211_AC_VI,
4267 NL80211_AC_BE,
4268 NL80211_AC_BK,
4269 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4270 };
4271
4272 /* backward compat */
4273 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4274 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4275 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4276 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4277 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4278
4279 /**
4280 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4281 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4282 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4283 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4284 * below the control channel
4285 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4286 * above the control channel
4287 */
4288 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4289 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4290 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4291 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4292 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4293 };
4294
4295 /**
4296 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4297 *
4298 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4299 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4300 *
4301 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4302 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4303 *
4304 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4305 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4306 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4307 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4308 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4309 */
4310 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4311 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4312 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4313 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4314 };
4315
4316 /**
4317 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4318 *
4319 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4320 * attribute.
4321 *
4322 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4323 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4324 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4325 * attribute must be provided as well
4326 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4327 * attribute must be provided as well
4328 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4329 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4330 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4331 * attribute must be provided as well
4332 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4333 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4334 */
4335 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4336 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4337 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4338 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4339 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4340 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4341 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4342 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4343 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4344 };
4345
4346 /**
4347 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4348 *
4349 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4350 *
4351 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4352 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4353 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4354 */
4355 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4356 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4357 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4358 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4359 };
4360
4361 /**
4362 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4363 *
4364 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4365 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4366 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4367 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4368 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4369 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4370 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4371 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4372 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4373 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4374 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4375 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4376 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4377 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4378 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4379 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4380 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4381 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4382 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4383 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4384 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4385 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4386 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4387 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4388 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4389 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4390 * yet been received
4391 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4392 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4393 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4394 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4395 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4396 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4397 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4398 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4399 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4400 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4401 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4402 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4403 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4404 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4405 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4406 * is set.
4407 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4408 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4409 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4410 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4411 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4412 */
4413 enum nl80211_bss {
4414 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4415 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4416 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4417 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4418 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4419 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4420 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4421 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4422 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4423 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4424 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4425 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4426 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4427 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4428 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4429 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4430 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4431 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4432 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4433 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4434
4435 /* keep last */
4436 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4437 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4438 };
4439
4440 /**
4441 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4442 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4443 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4444 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4445 * a given BSS.
4446 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4447 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4448 *
4449 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4450 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4451 */
4452 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4453 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4454 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4455 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4456 };
4457
4458 /**
4459 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4460 *
4461 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4462 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4463 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4464 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4465 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4466 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4467 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4468 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4469 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4470 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4471 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4472 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4473 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4474 */
4475 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4476 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4477 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4478 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4479 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4480 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4481 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4482 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4483 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4484
4485 /* keep last */
4486 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4487 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4488 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4489 };
4490
4491 /**
4492 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4493 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4494 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4495 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4496 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4497 */
4498 enum nl80211_key_type {
4499 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4500 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4501 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4502
4503 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4504 };
4505
4506 /**
4507 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4508 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4509 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4510 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4511 */
4512 enum nl80211_mfp {
4513 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4514 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4515 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4516 };
4517
4518 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4519 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4520 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4521 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4522 };
4523
4524 /**
4525 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4526 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4527 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4528 * unicast key
4529 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4530 * multicast key
4531 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4532 */
4533 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4534 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4535 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4536 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4537
4538 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4539 };
4540
4541 /**
4542 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4543 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4544 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4545 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4546 * keys
4547 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4548 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4549 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4550 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4551 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4552 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4553 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4554 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4555 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4556 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4557 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4558 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4559 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4560 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4561 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4562 *
4563 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4564 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4565 */
4566 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4567 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4568 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4569 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4570 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4571 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4572 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4573 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4574 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4575 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4576 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4577
4578 /* keep last */
4579 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4580 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4581 };
4582
4583 /**
4584 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4585 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4586 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4587 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4588 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4589 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4590 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4591 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4592 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4593 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4594 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4595 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4596 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4597 */
4598 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4599 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4600 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4601 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4602 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4603 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4604
4605 /* keep last */
4606 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4607 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4608 };
4609
4610 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4611 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4612
4613 /**
4614 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4615 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4616 */
4617 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4618 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4619 };
4620
4621 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4622 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4623 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4624 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4625 };
4626
4627 /**
4628 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4629 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4630 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4631 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4632 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4633 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4634 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4635 */
4636 enum nl80211_band {
4637 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4638 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4639 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4640 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4641
4642 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4643 };
4644
4645 /**
4646 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4647 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4648 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4649 */
4650 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4651 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4652 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4653 };
4654
4655 /**
4656 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4657 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4658 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4659 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4660 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4661 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4662 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4663 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4664 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4665 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4666 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4667 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4668 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4669 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4670 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4671 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4672 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4673 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4675 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4676 * checked.
4677 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4678 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4679 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4680 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4681 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4682 * loss event
4683 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4684 * RSSI threshold event.
4685 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4686 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4687 */
4688 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4689 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4690 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4691 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4692 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4693 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4694 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4695 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4696 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4697 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4698 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4699
4700 /* keep last */
4701 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4702 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4703 };
4704
4705 /**
4706 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4707 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4708 * configured threshold
4709 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4710 * configured threshold
4711 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4712 */
4713 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4714 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4715 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4716 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4717 };
4718
4719
4720 /**
4721 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4722 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4723 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4724 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4725 */
4726 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4727 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4728 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4729 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4730 };
4731
4732 /**
4733 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4734 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4735 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4736 * a zero bit are ignored
4737 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4738 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4739 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4740 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4741 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4742 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4743 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4744 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4745 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4746 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4747 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4748 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4749 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4750 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4751 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4752 */
4753 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4754 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4755 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4756 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4757 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4758
4759 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4760 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4761 };
4762
4763 /**
4764 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4765 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4766 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4767 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4768 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4769 *
4770 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4771 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4772 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4773 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4774 * by the kernel to userspace.
4775 */
4776 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4777 __u32 max_patterns;
4778 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4779 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4780 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4781 } __attribute__((packed));
4782
4783 /* only for backward compatibility */
4784 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4785 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4786 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4787 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4788 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4789 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4790 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4791
4792 /**
4793 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4794 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4795 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4796 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4797 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4798 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4799 * any others are even supported by the device.
4800 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4801 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4802 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4803 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4804 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4805 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4806 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4807 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4808 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4809 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4810 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4811 *
4812 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4813 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4814 *
4815 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4816 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4817 * to the kernel when configuring.
4818 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4819 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4820 * by the device (flag)
4821 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4822 * done by the device) (flag)
4823 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4824 * packet (flag)
4825 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4826 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4827 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4828 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4829 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4830 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4831 * attribute contains the original length.
4832 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4833 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4834 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4835 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4836 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4837 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4838 * contains the original length.
4839 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4840 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4841 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4842 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4843 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4844 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4845 * the TCP connection.
4846 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4847 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4848 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4849 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4850 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4851 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4852 * service
4853 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4854 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4855 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4856 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4857 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4858 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4859 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4860 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4861 * supported by the driver (u32).
4862 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4863 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4864 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4865 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4866 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4867 * occurred.
4868 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4869 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4870 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4871 * these attributes must be present. If
4872 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4873 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4874 * channel.
4875 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4876 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4877 *
4878 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4879 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4880 */
4881 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4882 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4883 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4884 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4885 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4886 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4887 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4888 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4889 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4890 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4891 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4892 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4893 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4894 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4895 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4896 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4897 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4898 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4899 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4900 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4901 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4902
4903 /* keep last */
4904 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4905 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4906 };
4907
4908 /**
4909 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4910 *
4911 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4912 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4913 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4914 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4915 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4916 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4917 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4918 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4919 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4920 *
4921 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4922 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4923 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4924 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4925 * also woken up.
4926 *
4927 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4928 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4929 */
4930
4931 /**
4932 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4933 * @start: starting value
4934 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4935 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4936 *
4937 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4938 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4939 * in little endian.
4940 */
4941 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4942 __u32 start, offset, len;
4943 };
4944
4945 /**
4946 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4947 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4948 * @len: length of each token
4949 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4950 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4951 */
4952 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4953 __u32 offset, len;
4954 __u8 token_stream[];
4955 };
4956
4957 /**
4958 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4959 * @min_len: minimum token length
4960 * @max_len: maximum token length
4961 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4962 */
4963 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4964 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4965 };
4966
4967 /**
4968 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4969 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4970 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4971 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4972 * (in network byte order)
4973 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4974 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4975 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4976 * might require ARP querying.
4977 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4978 * socket and port will be allocated
4979 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4980 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4981 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4982 * of the data payload.
4983 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4984 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4985 * advertising it is just a flag
4986 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4987 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4988 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4989 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4990 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4991 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4992 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4993 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4994 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4995 * but on the TCP payload only.
4996 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4997 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4998 */
4999 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5000 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5001 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5002 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5003 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5004 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5005 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5006 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5007 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5008 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5009 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5010 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5011 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5012
5013 /* keep last */
5014 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5015 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5016 };
5017
5018 /**
5019 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5020 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5021 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5022 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5023 *
5024 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5025 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5026 */
5027 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5028 __u32 max_rules;
5029 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5030 __u32 max_delay;
5031 } __attribute__((packed));
5032
5033 /**
5034 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5035 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5036 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5037 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5038 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5039 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5040 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5041 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5042 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5043 */
5044 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5045 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5046 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5047 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5048 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5049
5050 /* keep last */
5051 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5052 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5053 };
5054
5055 /**
5056 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5057 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5058 * in a rule are matched.
5059 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5060 * in a rule are not matched.
5061 */
5062 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5063 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5064 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5065 };
5066
5067 /**
5068 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5069 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5070 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5071 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5072 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5073 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5074 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5075 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5076 */
5077 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5078 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5079 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5080 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5081
5082 /* keep last */
5083 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5084 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5085 };
5086
5087 /**
5088 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5089 *
5090 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5091 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5092 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5093 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5094 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5095 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5096 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5097 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5098 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5099 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5100 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5101 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5102 * different channels may be used within this group.
5103 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5104 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5105 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5106 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5107 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5108 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5109 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5110 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5111 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5112 *
5113 * Examples:
5114 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5115 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5116 *
5117 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5118 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5119 *
5120 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5121 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5122 *
5123 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5124 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5125 *
5126 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5127 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5128 * that any of these groups must match.
5129 *
5130 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5131 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5132 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5133 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5134 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5135 */
5136 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5137 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5138 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5139 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5140 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5141 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5142 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5143 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5144 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5145
5146 /* keep last */
5147 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5148 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5149 };
5150
5151
5152 /**
5153 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5154 *
5155 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5156 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5157 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5158 * this mesh peer
5159 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5160 * from this mesh peer
5161 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5162 * received from this mesh peer
5163 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5164 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5165 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5166 * plink are discarded
5167 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5168 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5169 */
5170 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5171 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5172 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5173 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5174 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5175 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5176 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5177 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5178
5179 /* keep last */
5180 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5181 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5182 };
5183
5184 /**
5185 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5186 *
5187 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5188 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5189 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5190 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5191 */
5192 enum plink_actions {
5193 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5194 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5195 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5196
5197 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5198 };
5199
5200
5201 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5202 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5203 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5204
5205 /**
5206 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5207 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5208 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5209 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5210 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5211 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5212 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5213 */
5214 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5215 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5216 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5217 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5218 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5219
5220 /* keep last */
5221 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5222 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5223 };
5224
5225 /**
5226 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5227 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5228 * Beacon frames)
5229 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5230 * in Beacon frames
5231 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5232 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5233 */
5234 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5235 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5236 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5237 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5238 };
5239
5240 /**
5241 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5242 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5243 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5244 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5245 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5246 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5247 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5248 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5249 */
5250 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5251 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5252 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5253 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5254
5255 /* keep last */
5256 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5257 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5258 };
5259
5260 /**
5261 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5262 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5263 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5264 * priority)
5265 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5266 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5267 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5268 * (internal)
5269 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5270 * (internal)
5271 */
5272 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5273 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5274 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5275 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5276 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5277
5278 /* keep last */
5279 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5280 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5281 };
5282
5283 /**
5284 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5285 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5286 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5287 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5288 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5289 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5290 */
5291 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5292 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5293 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5294 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5295 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5296 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5297 };
5298
5299 /*
5300 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5301 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5302 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5303 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5304 };
5305 */
5306
5307 /**
5308 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5309 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5310 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5311 * socket option.
5312 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5313 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5314 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5315 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5316 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5317 * cellular base stations.
5318 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5319 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5320 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5321 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5322 * mode
5323 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5324 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5325 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5326 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5327 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5328 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5329 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5330 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5331 * setting
5332 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5333 * powersave
5334 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5335 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5336 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5337 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5338 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5339 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5340 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5341 * states using station flags.
5342 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5343 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5344 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5345 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5346 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5347 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5348 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5349 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5350 * still generated by the driver.
5351 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5352 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5353 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5354 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5355 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5356 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5357 * lifetime of a BSS.
5358 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5359 * Set IE to probe requests.
5360 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5361 * to probe requests.
5362 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5363 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5364 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5365 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5366 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5367 * Measurement Report action frame.
5368 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5369 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5370 * to enable dynack.
5371 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5372 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5373 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5374 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5375 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5376 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5377 * rts/cts handshake.
5378 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5379 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5380 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5381 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5382 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5383 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5384 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5385 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5386 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5387 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5388 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5389 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5390 * address mask/value will be used.
5391 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5392 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5393 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5394 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5395 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5396 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5397 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5398 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5399 */
5400 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5401 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5402 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5403 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5404 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5405 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5406 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5407 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5408 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5409 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5410 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5411 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5412 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5413 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5414 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5415 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5416 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5417 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5418 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5419 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5420 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5421 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5422 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5423 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5424 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5425 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5426 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5427 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5428 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5429 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5430 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5431 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5432 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5433 };
5434
5435 /**
5436 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5437 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5438 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5439 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5440 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5441 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5442 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5443 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5444 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5445 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5446 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5447 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5448 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5450 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5451 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5452 * (if available).
5453 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5454 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5455 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5456 * (if available).
5457 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5458 * channel dwell time.
5459 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5460 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5461 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5462 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5463 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5464 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5465 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5466 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5467 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5468 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5469 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5470 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5471 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5472 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5473 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5474 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5475 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5476 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5477 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5478 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5479 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5480 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5481 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5482 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5483 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5484 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5485 * be supported.
5486 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5487 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5488 * actual dwell time.
5489 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5490 * response
5491 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5492 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5493 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5494 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5495 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5496 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5497 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5498 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5499 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5500 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5501 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5502 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5503 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5504 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5505 * "radar detected" event.
5506 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5507 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5508 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5509 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5510 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5511 * TXQs.
5512 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5513 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5514 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5515 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5516 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5517 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5518 * timing measurement responder role.
5519 *
5520 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5521 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5522 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5523 * freeze the connection.
5524 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5525 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5526 *
5527 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5528 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5529 * scheduling.
5530 *
5531 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5532 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5533 *
5534 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5535 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5536 *
5537 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5538 * to a station.
5539 *
5540 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5541 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5542 *
5543 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5544 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5545 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5546 *
5547 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5548 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5549 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5550 *
5551 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_MAC_ADDRS: The driver
5552 * can use src and dst MAC addresses with control port over nl80211 rx
5553 * and tx operations.
5554 *
5555 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5556 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5557 */
5558 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5559 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5560 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5561 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5562 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5563 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5564 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5565 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5566 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5567 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5568 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5569 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5570 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5571 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5572 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5573 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5574 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5575 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5576 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5577 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5578 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5579 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5580 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5581 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5582 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5583 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5584 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5585 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5586 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5587 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5588 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5589 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5590 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5591 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5592 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5593 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5594 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5595 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5596 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5597 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5598 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5599 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5600 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
5601 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
5602 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_MAC_ADDRS,
5603
5604 /* add new features before the definition below */
5605 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5606 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5607 };
5608
5609 /**
5610 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5611 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5612 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5613 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5614 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5615 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5616 * to the host.
5617 *
5618 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5619 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5620 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5621 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5622 */
5623 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5624 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5625 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5626 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5627 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5628 };
5629
5630 /**
5631 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5632 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5633 * handled by the AP is reached.
5634 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5635 */
5636 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5637 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5638 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5639 };
5640
5641 /**
5642 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5643 *
5644 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5645 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5646 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5647 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5648 */
5649 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5650 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5651 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5652 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5653 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5654 };
5655
5656 /**
5657 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5658 *
5659 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5660 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5661 * requests.
5662 *
5663 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5664 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5665 * one of them can be used in the request.
5666 *
5667 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5668 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5669 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5670 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5671 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5672 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5673 * when really needed
5674 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5675 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5676 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5677 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5678 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5679 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5680 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5681 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5682 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5683 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5684 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5685 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5686 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5687 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5688 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5689 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5690 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5691 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5692 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5693 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5694 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5695 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5696 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5697 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5698 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5699 * impacted with this flag.
5700 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5701 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5702 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5703 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5704 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5705 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5706 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5707 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5708 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5709 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5710 * possible.
5711 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5712 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5713 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5714 */
5715 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5716 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5717 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5718 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5719 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5720 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5721 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5722 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5723 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5724 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5725 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5726 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5727 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5728 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5729 };
5730
5731 /**
5732 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5733 *
5734 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5735 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5736 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5737 *
5738 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5739 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5740 * in ACL to authenticate.
5741 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5742 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5743 */
5744 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5745 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5746 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5747 };
5748
5749 /**
5750 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5751 *
5752 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5753 *
5754 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5755 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5756 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5757 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5758 */
5759 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5760 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5761 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5762 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5763
5764 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5765 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5766 };
5767
5768 /**
5769 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5770 *
5771 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5772 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5773 *
5774 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5775 * now unusable.
5776 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5777 * the channel is now available.
5778 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5779 * change to the channel status.
5780 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5781 * over, channel becomes usable.
5782 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5783 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5784 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5785 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5786 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5787 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5788 */
5789 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5790 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5791 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5792 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5793 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5794 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5795 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5796 };
5797
5798 /**
5799 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5800 *
5801 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5802 *
5803 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5804 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5805 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5806 * is therefore marked as not available.
5807 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5808 */
5809 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5810 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5811 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5812 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5813 };
5814
5815 /**
5816 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5817 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5818 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5819 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5820 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5821 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5822 */
5823 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5824 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5825 };
5826
5827 /**
5828 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5829 *
5830 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5831 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5832 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5833 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5834 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5835 */
5836 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5837 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5838 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5839 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5840 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5841 /* add other protocols before this one */
5842 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5843 };
5844
5845 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5846 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5847
5848 /**
5849 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5850 *
5851 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5852 *
5853 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5854 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5855 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5856 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5857 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5858 */
5859 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5860 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5861 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5862 };
5863
5864 /*
5865 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5866 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5867 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5868 */
5869 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5870
5871 /**
5872 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5873 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5874 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5875 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5876 * added to this file when needed.
5877 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5878 */
5879 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5880 __u32 vendor_id;
5881 __u32 subcmd;
5882 };
5883
5884 /**
5885 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5886 *
5887 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5888 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5889 *
5890 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5891 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5892 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5893 */
5894 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5895 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5896 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5897 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5898 };
5899
5900 /**
5901 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5902 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5903 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5904 * seconds (u32).
5905 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5906 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5907 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5908 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5909 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5910 * currently defined
5911 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5912 */
5913 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5914 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5915 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5916 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5917
5918 /* keep last */
5919 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5920 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5921 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5922 };
5923
5924 /**
5925 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5926 *
5927 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5928 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5929 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5930 */
5931 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5932 __u8 band;
5933 __s8 delta;
5934 } __attribute__((packed));
5935
5936 /**
5937 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5938 *
5939 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5940 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5941 * is requested.
5942 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5943 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5944 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5945 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5946 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5947 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5948 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5949 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5950 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5951 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5952 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5953 *
5954 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5955 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5956 * which the driver shall use.
5957 */
5958 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5959 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5960 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5961 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5962 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5963
5964 /* keep last */
5965 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5966 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5967 };
5968
5969 /**
5970 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5971 *
5972 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5973 *
5974 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5975 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5976 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5977 */
5978 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5979 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5980 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5981 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5982
5983 /* keep last */
5984 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5985 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5986 };
5987
5988 /**
5989 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5990 *
5991 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5992 *
5993 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5994 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5995 */
5996 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5997 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5998 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5999 };
6000
6001 /**
6002 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6003 *
6004 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6005 *
6006 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6007 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6008 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6009 */
6010 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6011 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6012 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6013 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6014 };
6015
6016 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6017 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6018 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6019
6020 /**
6021 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6022 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6023 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6024 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6025 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6026 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6027 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6028 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6029 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6030 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6031 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6032 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6033 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6034 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6035 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6036 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6037 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6038 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6039 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6040 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6041 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6042 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6043 * This is a flag.
6044 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6045 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6046 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6047 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6048 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6049 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6050 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6051 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6052 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6053 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6054 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6055 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6056 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6057 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6058 *
6059 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6060 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6061 */
6062 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6063 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6064 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6065 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6066 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6067 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6068 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6069 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6070 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6071 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6072 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6073 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6074 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6075 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6076 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6077 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6078 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6079 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6080
6081 /* keep last */
6082 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6083 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6084 };
6085
6086 /**
6087 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6088 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6089 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6090 * This is a flag.
6091 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6092 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6093 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6094 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6095 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6096 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6097 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6098 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6099 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6100 */
6101 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6102 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6103 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6104 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6105 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6106 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6107
6108 /* keep last */
6109 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6110 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6111 };
6112
6113 /**
6114 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6115 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6116 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6117 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6118 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6119 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6120 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6121 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6122 *
6123 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6124 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6125 */
6126 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6127 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6128 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6129 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6130
6131 /* keep last */
6132 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6133 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6134 };
6135
6136 /**
6137 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6138 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6139 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6140 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6141 */
6142 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6143 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6144 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6145 };
6146
6147 /**
6148 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6149 * responder attributes
6150 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6151 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6152 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6153 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6154 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6155 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6156 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6157 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6158 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6159 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6160 */
6161 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6162 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6163
6164 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6165 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6166 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6167
6168 /* keep last */
6169 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6170 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6171 };
6172
6173 /*
6174 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6175 *
6176 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6177 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6178 *
6179 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6180 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6181 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6182 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6183 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6184 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6185 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6186 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6187 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6188 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6189 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6190 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6191 * phase with the responder (u32)
6192 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6193 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6194 * FTM slot (u32)
6195 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6196 * scheduled window (u32)
6197 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6198 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6199 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6200 */
6201 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6202 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6203 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6204 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6205 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6206 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6207 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6208 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6209 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6210 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6211 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6212 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6213
6214 /* keep last */
6215 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6216 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6217 };
6218
6219 /**
6220 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6221 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6222 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6223 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6224 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6225 */
6226 enum nl80211_preamble {
6227 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6228 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6229 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6230 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6231 };
6232
6233 /**
6234 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6235 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6236 * these numbers also for attributes
6237 *
6238 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6239 *
6240 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6241 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6242 */
6243 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6244 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6245
6246 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6247
6248 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6249 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6250 };
6251
6252 /**
6253 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6254 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6255 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6256 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6257 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6258 * reason may be available in the response data
6259 */
6260 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6261 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6262 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6263 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6264 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6265 };
6266
6267 /**
6268 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6269 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6270 *
6271 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6272 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6273 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6274 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6275 * (flag attribute)
6276 *
6277 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6278 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6279 */
6280 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6281 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6282
6283 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6284 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6285
6286 /* keep last */
6287 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6288 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6289 };
6290
6291 /**
6292 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6293 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6294 *
6295 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6296 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6297 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6298 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6299 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6300 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6301 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6302 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6303 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6304 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6305 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6306 * (u64, usec)
6307 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6308 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6309 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6310 * result.
6311 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6312 *
6313 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6314 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6315 */
6316 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6317 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6318
6319 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6320 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6321 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6322 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6323 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6324 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6325
6326 /* keep last */
6327 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6328 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6329 };
6330
6331 /**
6332 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6333 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6334 *
6335 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6336 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6337 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6339 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6340 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6341 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6342 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6343 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6344 *
6345 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6346 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6347 */
6348 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6349 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6350
6351 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6352 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6353 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6354 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6355
6356 /* keep last */
6357 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6358 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6359 };
6360
6361 /**
6362 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6363 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6364 *
6365 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6366 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6367 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6368 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6369 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6370 * measurement results
6371 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6372 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6373 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6374 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6375 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6376 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6377 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6378 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6379 * sub-attributes taken from
6380 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6381 *
6382 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6383 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6384 */
6385 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6386 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6387
6388 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6389 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6390 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6391 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6392 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6393
6394 /* keep last */
6395 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6396 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6397 };
6398
6399 /**
6400 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6401 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6402 *
6403 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6404 * is supported
6405 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6406 * mode is supported
6407 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6408 * data can be requested during the measurement
6409 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6410 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6411 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6412 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6413 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6414 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6415 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6416 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6417 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6418 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6419 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6420 * is valid)
6421 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6422 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6423 *
6424 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6425 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6426 */
6427 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6428 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6429
6430 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6431 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6432 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6433 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6434 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6435 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6436 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6437 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6438
6439 /* keep last */
6440 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6441 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6442 };
6443
6444 /**
6445 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6446 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6447 *
6448 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6450 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6452 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6453 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6454 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6455 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6457 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6458 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6459 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6460 * requested per burst
6461 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6462 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6463 * (u8, default 3)
6464 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6465 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6466 * (flag)
6467 *
6468 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6469 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6470 */
6471 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6472 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6473
6474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6476 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6477 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6479 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6480 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6481 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6482 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6483
6484 /* keep last */
6485 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6486 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6487 };
6488
6489 /**
6490 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6491 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6492 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6493 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6494 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6495 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6496 * try and get no response)
6497 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6499 * received
6500 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6501 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6502 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6503 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6504 */
6505 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6506 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6507 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6508 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6509 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6510 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6511 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6512 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6513 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6514 };
6515
6516 /**
6517 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6518 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6519 *
6520 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6521 * (u32, optional)
6522 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6523 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6524 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6525 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6526 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6527 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6528 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6529 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6530 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6531 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6532 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6533 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6534 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6535 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6536 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6537 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6538 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6539 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6540 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6541 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6542 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6543 * attributes)
6544 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6545 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6546 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6547 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6548 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6549 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6550 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6551 * optional)
6552 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6553 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6554 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6555 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6556 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6557 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6558 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6559 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6560 * Type 8.
6561 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6562 * (binary, optional);
6563 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6564 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6565 * Type 11.
6566 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6567 *
6568 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6569 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6570 */
6571 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6572 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6573
6574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6579 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6580 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6581 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6582 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6583 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6584 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6585 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6586 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6587 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6588 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6589 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6590 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6591 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6592 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6593 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6594 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6595
6596 /* keep last */
6597 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6598 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6599 };
6600
6601 /**
6602 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6603 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6604 *
6605 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6606 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6607 *
6608 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6609 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
6610 */
6611 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
6612 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
6613
6614 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
6615 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
6616
6617 /* keep last */
6618 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
6619 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6620 };
6621
6622 /**
6623 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
6624 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6625 *
6626 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
6627 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
6628 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
6629 *
6630 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6631 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
6632 */
6633 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
6634 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
6635
6636 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
6637 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
6638 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
6639
6640 /* keep last */
6641 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
6642 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6643 };
6644
6645 /**
6646 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
6647 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6648 *
6649 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
6650 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
6651 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
6652 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
6653 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
6654 *
6655 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6656 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
6657 */
6658 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
6659 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
6660
6661 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
6662 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
6663
6664 /* keep last */
6665 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
6666 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6667 };
6668
6669 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */